IU - User contributions [en]

MSc: Advanced Information Retrieval

2022-12-19T14:35:38Z

S.protasov: /* Prerequisite subjects */

= Advanced Information Retrieval =
* '''Course name''': Advanced Information Retrieval
* '''Code discipline''': CSE334
* '''Subject area''': Computer systems organization; Information systems; Real-time systems; Information retrieval; World Wide Web

== Short Description ==
This course covers the following concepts: Data indexing; Recommendations; Relevance and ranking.

== Prerequisites ==

=== Prerequisite subjects ===
* CSE101 — Introduction to Programming I
* CSE102 — Introduction to Programming II
* CSE202 — Analytical Geometry and Linear Algebra I
* CSE204 — Analytic Geometry And Linear Algebra II: matrix multiplication, matrix decomposition (SVD, ALS) and approximation (matrix norm), sparse matrix, stability of solution (decomposition), vector spaces, metric spaces, manifold, eigenvector and eigenvalue.
* CSE113 — Philosophy I - (Discrete Math and Logic): graphs, trees, binary trees, balanced trees, metric (proximity) graphs, diameter, clique, path, shortest path.
* CSE206 — Probability And Statistics: probability, likelihood, conditional probability, Bayesian rule, stochastic matrix and properties.

=== Prerequisite topics ===

== Course Topics ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Course Sections and Topics
|-
! Section !! Topics within the section
|-
| Information retrieval basics ||
# Introduction to IR, major concepts.
# Crawling and Web.
# Quality assessment.
|-
| Text processing and indexing ||
# Building inverted index for text documents. Boolean retrieval model.
# Language, tokenization, stemming, searching, scoring.
# Spellchecking and wildcard search.
# Suggest and query expansion.
# Language modelling. Topic modelling.
|-
| Vector model and vector indexing ||
# Vector model
# Machine learning for vector embedding
# Vector-based index structures
|-
| Advanced topics. Media processing ||
# Image and video processing, understanding and indexing
# Content-based image retrieval
# Audio retrieval
# Relevance feedback
|}
== Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) ==

=== What is the main purpose of this course? ===
The course is designed to prepare students to understand background theories of information retrieval systems and introduce different information retrieval systems. The course will focus on the evaluation and analysis of such systems as well as how they are implemented. Throughout the course, students will be involved in discussions, readings, and assignments to experience real world systems. The technologies and algorithms covered in this class include machine learning, data mining, natural language processing, data indexing, and so on.

=== ILOs defined at three levels ===

==== Level 1: What concepts should a student know/remember/explain? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Terms and definitions used in area of information retrieval,
* Search engine and recommender system essential parts,
* Quality metrics of information retrieval systems,
* Contemporary approaches to semantic data analysis,
* Indexing strategies.

==== Level 2: What basic practical skills should a student be able to perform? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Understand background theories behind information retrieval systems,
* How to design a recommender system from scratch,
* How to evaluate quality of a particular information retrieval system,
* Core ideas and system implementation and maintenance,
* How to identify and fix information retrieval system problems.

==== Level 3: What complex comprehensive skills should a student be able to apply in real-life scenarios? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Build a recommender service from scratch,
* Implement a proper index for an unstructured dataset,
* Plan quality measures for a new recommender service,
* Run initial data analysis and problem evaluation for a business task, related to information retrieval.
== Grading ==

=== Course grading range ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Grade !! Range !! Description of performance
|-
| A. Excellent || 84-100 || -
|-
| B. Good || 72-83 || -
|-
| C. Satisfactory || 60-71 || -
|-
| D. Poor || 0-59 || -
|}

=== Course activities and grading breakdown ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Percentage of the overall course grade
|-
| Assignments || 60
|-
| Quizzes || 40
|-
| Exams || 0
|}

=== Recommendations for students on how to succeed in the course ===

The simples way to succeed is to participate in labs and pass coding assignments in timely manner. This guarantees up to 60% of the grade. Participation in lecture quizzes allow to differentiate the grade.

== Resources, literature and reference materials ==

=== Open access resources ===
* Manning, Raghavan, Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval, 2008, Cambridge University Press
* Baeza-Yates, Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2011, Addison-Wesley
* Buttcher, Clarke, Cormack, Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, 2010, MIT Press
* [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Course repository in github].

=== Closed access resources ===

=== Software and tools used within the course ===

= Teaching Methodology: Methods, techniques, & activities =

== Activities and Teaching Methods ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Activities within each section
|-
! Learning Activities !! Section 1 !! Section 2 !! Section 3 !! Section 4
|-
| Development of individual parts of software product code || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Homework and group projects || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Testing (written or computer based) || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|}
== Formative Assessment and Course Activities ==

=== Ongoing performance assessment ===

==== Section 1 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Enumerate limitations for web crawling. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose a strategy for A/B testing. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose recommender quality metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement DCG metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Discuss relevance metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Crawl website with respect to robots.txt. || 1
|-
| Question || What is typical IR system architecture? || 0
|-
| Question || Show how to parse a dynamic web page. || 0
|-
| Question || Provide a framework to accept/reject A/B testing results. || 0
|-
| Question || Compute DCG for an example query for random search engine. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement a metric for a recommender system. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement pFound. || 0
|}
==== Section 2 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Tokenize a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement simple spellchecker. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement wildcard search. || 1
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a set of web pages. || 0
|-
| Question || build a distribution of stems/lexemes for a text. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement case-insensitive index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement semantic vector-based index for a given text collection. || 0
|}
==== Section 3 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Embed the text with an ML model. || 1
|-
| Question || Build term-document matrix. || 1
|-
| Question || Build semantic index for a dataset using Annoy. || 1
|-
| Question || Build kd-tree index for a given dataset. || 1
|-
| Question || Why kd-trees work badly in 100-dimensional environment? || 1
|-
| Question || What is the difference between metric space and vector space? || 1
|-
| Question || Choose and implement persistent index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Visualize a dataset for text classification. || 0
|-
| Question || Build (H)NSW index for a dataset. || 0
|-
| Question || Compare HNSW to Annoy index. || 0
|-
| Question || What are metric space index structures you know? || 0
|}
==== Section 4 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Extract semantic information from images. || 1
|-
| Question || Build an image hash. || 1
|-
| Question || Build a spectral representation of a song. || 1
|-
| Question || Whats is relevance feedback? || 1
|-
| Question || Build a "search by color" feature. || 0
|-
| Question || Extract scenes from video. || 0
|-
| Question || Write a voice-controlled search. || 0
|-
| Question || Semantic search within unlabelled image dataset. || 0
|}
=== Final assessment ===
'''Section 1'''
# Implement text crawler for a news site.
# What is SBS (side-by-side) and how is it used in search engines?
# Compare pFound with CTR and with DCG.
# Explain how A/B testing works.
# Describe PageRank algorithm.
'''Section 2'''
# Explain how (and why) KD-trees work.
# What are weak places of inverted index?
# Compare different text vectorization approaches.
# Compare tolerant retrieval to spellchecking.
'''Section 3'''
# Compare inverted index to HNSW in terms of speed, memory consumption?
# Choose the best index for a given dataset.
# Implement range search in KD-tree.
'''Section 4'''
# What are the approaches to image understanding?
# How to cluster a video into scenes and shots?
# How speech-to-text technology works?
# How to build audio fingerprints?

=== The retake exam ===
'''Section 1'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 2'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 3'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 4'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.

MSc: Advanced Information Retrieval

2022-12-19T14:35:08Z

S.protasov: Updated a syllabus

= Advanced Information Retrieval =
* '''Course name''': Advanced Information Retrieval
* '''Code discipline''': CSE334
* '''Subject area''': Computer systems organization; Information systems; Real-time systems; Information retrieval; World Wide Web

== Short Description ==
This course covers the following concepts: Data indexing; Recommendations; Relevance and ranking.

== Prerequisites ==

=== Prerequisite subjects ===
* CSE101 — Introduction to Programming I
* CSE102 — Introduction to Programming II
* CSE202 — Analytical Geometry and Linear Algebra I
* CSE204 — Analytic Geometry And Linear Algebra II: matrix multiplication, matrix decomposition (SVD, ALS) and approximation (matrix norm), sparse matrix, stability of solution (decomposition), vector spaces, metric spaces, manifold, eigenvector and eigenvalue.
* CSE113 — Philosophy I - (Discrete Math and Logic): graphs, trees, binary trees, balanced trees, metric (proximity) graphs, diameter, clique, path, shortest path.
* CSE206 — Probability And Statistics: probability, likelihood, conditional probability, Bayesian rule, stochastic matrix and properties.
* Analysis: DFT, [discrete] gradient.
* 3blue1brown playlist on Linear Algebra can help to overview selected topics.
* Actually, on their channel you can find almost any maths topic, e.g. Fourier Transform.
* Gilbert Strang is one of the best human teachers of Algebra, if you prefer classic lectures to fancy videos.
* This MIT course can help you with discrete objects.
* For Russian readers there is a maths book from the course author with labs.
* Also there is a very basic python-based course on maths with lots of relevant (and irrelevant) labs.
* To have a better feeling of networking, please refer to this video lecture.
* Kick start your numpy with the official quickstart guide.

=== Prerequisite topics ===

== Course Topics ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Course Sections and Topics
|-
! Section !! Topics within the section
|-
| Information retrieval basics ||
# Introduction to IR, major concepts.
# Crawling and Web.
# Quality assessment.
|-
| Text processing and indexing ||
# Building inverted index for text documents. Boolean retrieval model.
# Language, tokenization, stemming, searching, scoring.
# Spellchecking and wildcard search.
# Suggest and query expansion.
# Language modelling. Topic modelling.
|-
| Vector model and vector indexing ||
# Vector model
# Machine learning for vector embedding
# Vector-based index structures
|-
| Advanced topics. Media processing ||
# Image and video processing, understanding and indexing
# Content-based image retrieval
# Audio retrieval
# Relevance feedback
|}
== Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) ==

=== What is the main purpose of this course? ===
The course is designed to prepare students to understand background theories of information retrieval systems and introduce different information retrieval systems. The course will focus on the evaluation and analysis of such systems as well as how they are implemented. Throughout the course, students will be involved in discussions, readings, and assignments to experience real world systems. The technologies and algorithms covered in this class include machine learning, data mining, natural language processing, data indexing, and so on.

=== ILOs defined at three levels ===

==== Level 1: What concepts should a student know/remember/explain? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Terms and definitions used in area of information retrieval,
* Search engine and recommender system essential parts,
* Quality metrics of information retrieval systems,
* Contemporary approaches to semantic data analysis,
* Indexing strategies.

==== Level 2: What basic practical skills should a student be able to perform? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Understand background theories behind information retrieval systems,
* How to design a recommender system from scratch,
* How to evaluate quality of a particular information retrieval system,
* Core ideas and system implementation and maintenance,
* How to identify and fix information retrieval system problems.

==== Level 3: What complex comprehensive skills should a student be able to apply in real-life scenarios? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Build a recommender service from scratch,
* Implement a proper index for an unstructured dataset,
* Plan quality measures for a new recommender service,
* Run initial data analysis and problem evaluation for a business task, related to information retrieval.
== Grading ==

=== Course grading range ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Grade !! Range !! Description of performance
|-
| A. Excellent || 84-100 || -
|-
| B. Good || 72-83 || -
|-
| C. Satisfactory || 60-71 || -
|-
| D. Poor || 0-59 || -
|}

=== Course activities and grading breakdown ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Percentage of the overall course grade
|-
| Assignments || 60
|-
| Quizzes || 40
|-
| Exams || 0
|}

=== Recommendations for students on how to succeed in the course ===

The simples way to succeed is to participate in labs and pass coding assignments in timely manner. This guarantees up to 60% of the grade. Participation in lecture quizzes allow to differentiate the grade.

== Resources, literature and reference materials ==

=== Open access resources ===
* Manning, Raghavan, Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval, 2008, Cambridge University Press
* Baeza-Yates, Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2011, Addison-Wesley
* Buttcher, Clarke, Cormack, Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, 2010, MIT Press
* [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Course repository in github].

=== Closed access resources ===

=== Software and tools used within the course ===

= Teaching Methodology: Methods, techniques, & activities =

== Activities and Teaching Methods ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Activities within each section
|-
! Learning Activities !! Section 1 !! Section 2 !! Section 3 !! Section 4
|-
| Development of individual parts of software product code || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Homework and group projects || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Testing (written or computer based) || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|}
== Formative Assessment and Course Activities ==

=== Ongoing performance assessment ===

==== Section 1 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Enumerate limitations for web crawling. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose a strategy for A/B testing. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose recommender quality metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement DCG metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Discuss relevance metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Crawl website with respect to robots.txt. || 1
|-
| Question || What is typical IR system architecture? || 0
|-
| Question || Show how to parse a dynamic web page. || 0
|-
| Question || Provide a framework to accept/reject A/B testing results. || 0
|-
| Question || Compute DCG for an example query for random search engine. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement a metric for a recommender system. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement pFound. || 0
|}
==== Section 2 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Tokenize a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement simple spellchecker. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement wildcard search. || 1
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a set of web pages. || 0
|-
| Question || build a distribution of stems/lexemes for a text. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement case-insensitive index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement semantic vector-based index for a given text collection. || 0
|}
==== Section 3 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Embed the text with an ML model. || 1
|-
| Question || Build term-document matrix. || 1
|-
| Question || Build semantic index for a dataset using Annoy. || 1
|-
| Question || Build kd-tree index for a given dataset. || 1
|-
| Question || Why kd-trees work badly in 100-dimensional environment? || 1
|-
| Question || What is the difference between metric space and vector space? || 1
|-
| Question || Choose and implement persistent index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Visualize a dataset for text classification. || 0
|-
| Question || Build (H)NSW index for a dataset. || 0
|-
| Question || Compare HNSW to Annoy index. || 0
|-
| Question || What are metric space index structures you know? || 0
|}
==== Section 4 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Extract semantic information from images. || 1
|-
| Question || Build an image hash. || 1
|-
| Question || Build a spectral representation of a song. || 1
|-
| Question || Whats is relevance feedback? || 1
|-
| Question || Build a "search by color" feature. || 0
|-
| Question || Extract scenes from video. || 0
|-
| Question || Write a voice-controlled search. || 0
|-
| Question || Semantic search within unlabelled image dataset. || 0
|}
=== Final assessment ===
'''Section 1'''
# Implement text crawler for a news site.
# What is SBS (side-by-side) and how is it used in search engines?
# Compare pFound with CTR and with DCG.
# Explain how A/B testing works.
# Describe PageRank algorithm.
'''Section 2'''
# Explain how (and why) KD-trees work.
# What are weak places of inverted index?
# Compare different text vectorization approaches.
# Compare tolerant retrieval to spellchecking.
'''Section 3'''
# Compare inverted index to HNSW in terms of speed, memory consumption?
# Choose the best index for a given dataset.
# Implement range search in KD-tree.
'''Section 4'''
# What are the approaches to image understanding?
# How to cluster a video into scenes and shots?
# How speech-to-text technology works?
# How to build audio fingerprints?

=== The retake exam ===
'''Section 1'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 2'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 3'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 4'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.

BSc: Information Retrieval

2022-12-19T14:32:54Z

S.protasov: /* Open access resources */

= Information Retrieval =
* '''Course name''': Information Retrieval
* '''Code discipline''': CSE306
* '''Subject area''': Data Science; Computer systems organization; Information systems; Real-time systems; Information retrieval; World Wide Web; Recommender systems

== Short Description ==
The course gives an introduction to practical and theoretical aspects of information search and recommender systems.
This course covers the following concepts: Indexing; Search quality assessment; Relevance; Ranking; Information retrieval; Query; Recommendations; Multimedia retrieval.

== Prerequisites ==

=== Prerequisite subjects ===
* CSE204 — Analytic Geometry And Linear Algebra II: matrix multiplication, matrix decomposition (SVD, ALS) and approximation (matrix norm), sparse matrix, stability of solution (decomposition), vector spaces, metric spaces, manifold, eigenvector and eigenvalue.
* CSE113 — Philosophy I - (Discrete Math and Logic): graphs, trees, binary trees, balanced trees, metric (proximity) graphs, diameter, clique, path, shortest path.
* CSE206 — Probability And Statistics: probability, likelihood, conditional probability, Bayesian rule, stochastic matrix and properties. Analysis: DFT, [discrete] gradient.

=== Prerequisite topics ===

== Course Topics ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Course Sections and Topics
|-
! Section !! Topics within the section
|-
| Information retrieval basics ||
# Introduction to IR, major concepts.
# Crawling and Web.
# Quality assessment.
|-
| Text processing and indexing ||
# Building inverted index for text documents. Boolean retrieval model.
# Language, tokenization, stemming, searching, scoring.
# Spellchecking and wildcard search.
# Suggest and query expansion.
# Language modelling. Topic modelling.
|-
| Vector model and vector indexing ||
# Vector model
# Machine learning for vector embedding
# Vector-based index structures
|-
| Advanced topics. Media processing ||
# Image and video processing, understanding and indexing
# Content-based image retrieval
# Audio retrieval
# Relevance feedback
|}
== Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) ==

=== What is the main purpose of this course? ===
The course is designed to prepare students to understand background theories of information retrieval systems and introduce different information retrieval systems. The course will focus on the evaluation and analysis of such systems as well as how they are implemented. Throughout the course, students will be involved in discussions, readings, and assignments to experience real world systems. The technologies and algorithms covered in this class include machine learning, data mining, natural language processing, data indexing, and so on.

=== ILOs defined at three levels ===

==== Level 1: What concepts should a student know/remember/explain? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Terms and definitions used in area of information retrieval,
* Search engine and recommender system essential parts,
* Quality metrics of information retrieval systems,
* Contemporary approaches to semantic data analysis,
* Indexing strategies.

==== Level 2: What basic practical skills should a student be able to perform? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Understand background theories behind information retrieval systems,
* How to design a recommender system from scratch,
* How to evaluate quality of a particular information retrieval system,
* Core ideas and system implementation and maintenance,
* How to identify and fix information retrieval system problems.

==== Level 3: What complex comprehensive skills should a student be able to apply in real-life scenarios? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Build a recommender service from scratch,
* Implement a proper index for an unstructured dataset,
* Plan quality measures for a new recommender service,
* Run initial data analysis and problem evaluation for a business task, related to information retrieval.
== Grading ==

=== Course grading range ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Grade !! Range !! Description of performance
|-
| A. Excellent || 84-100 || -
|-
| B. Good || 72-83 || -
|-
| C. Satisfactory || 60-71 || -
|-
| D. Poor || 0-59 || -
|}

=== Course activities and grading breakdown ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Percentage of the overall course grade
|-
| Assignments || 60
|-
| Quizzes || 40
|-
| Exams || 0
|}

=== Recommendations for students on how to succeed in the course ===

The simples way to succeed is to participate in labs and pass coding assignments in timely manner. This guarantees up to 60% of the grade. Participation in lecture quizzes allow to differentiate the grade.

== Resources, literature and reference materials ==

=== Open access resources ===
* Manning, Raghavan, Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval, 2008, Cambridge University Press
* Baeza-Yates, Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2011, Addison-Wesley
* Buttcher, Clarke, Cormack, Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, 2010, MIT Press
* [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Course repository in github].

=== Closed access resources ===

=== Software and tools used within the course ===

= Teaching Methodology: Methods, techniques, & activities =

== Activities and Teaching Methods ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Activities within each section
|-
! Learning Activities !! Section 1 !! Section 2 !! Section 3 !! Section 4
|-
| Development of individual parts of software product code || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Homework and group projects || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Testing (written or computer based) || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|}
== Formative Assessment and Course Activities ==

=== Ongoing performance assessment ===

==== Section 1 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Enumerate limitations for web crawling. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose a strategy for A/B testing. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose recommender quality metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement DCG metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Discuss relevance metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Crawl website with respect to robots.txt. || 1
|-
| Question || What is typical IR system architecture? || 0
|-
| Question || Show how to parse a dynamic web page. || 0
|-
| Question || Provide a framework to accept/reject A/B testing results. || 0
|-
| Question || Compute DCG for an example query for random search engine. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement a metric for a recommender system. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement pFound. || 0
|}
==== Section 2 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Tokenize a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement simple spellchecker. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement wildcard search. || 1
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a set of web pages. || 0
|-
| Question || build a distribution of stems/lexemes for a text. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement case-insensitive index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement semantic vector-based index for a given text collection. || 0
|}
==== Section 3 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Embed the text with an ML model. || 1
|-
| Question || Build term-document matrix. || 1
|-
| Question || Build semantic index for a dataset using Annoy. || 1
|-
| Question || Build kd-tree index for a given dataset. || 1
|-
| Question || Why kd-trees work badly in 100-dimensional environment? || 1
|-
| Question || What is the difference between metric space and vector space? || 1
|-
| Question || Choose and implement persistent index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Visualize a dataset for text classification. || 0
|-
| Question || Build (H)NSW index for a dataset. || 0
|-
| Question || Compare HNSW to Annoy index. || 0
|-
| Question || What are metric space index structures you know? || 0
|}
==== Section 4 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Extract semantic information from images. || 1
|-
| Question || Build an image hash. || 1
|-
| Question || Build a spectral representation of a song. || 1
|-
| Question || Whats is relevance feedback? || 1
|-
| Question || Build a "search by color" feature. || 0
|-
| Question || Extract scenes from video. || 0
|-
| Question || Write a voice-controlled search. || 0
|-
| Question || Semantic search within unlabelled image dataset. || 0
|}
=== Final assessment ===
'''Section 1'''
# Implement text crawler for a news site.
# What is SBS (side-by-side) and how is it used in search engines?
# Compare pFound with CTR and with DCG.
# Explain how A/B testing works.
# Describe PageRank algorithm.
'''Section 2'''
# Explain how (and why) KD-trees work.
# What are weak places of inverted index?
# Compare different text vectorization approaches.
# Compare tolerant retrieval to spellchecking.
'''Section 3'''
# Compare inverted index to HNSW in terms of speed, memory consumption?
# Choose the best index for a given dataset.
# Implement range search in KD-tree.
'''Section 4'''
# What are the approaches to image understanding?
# How to cluster a video into scenes and shots?
# How speech-to-text technology works?
# How to build audio fingerprints?

=== The retake exam ===
'''Section 1'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 2'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 3'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 4'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.

BSc: Information Retrieval

2022-12-19T14:31:25Z

S.protasov: Syllabus content is aligned with current state of the course.

= Information Retrieval =
* '''Course name''': Information Retrieval
* '''Code discipline''': CSE306
* '''Subject area''': Data Science; Computer systems organization; Information systems; Real-time systems; Information retrieval; World Wide Web; Recommender systems

== Short Description ==
The course gives an introduction to practical and theoretical aspects of information search and recommender systems.
This course covers the following concepts: Indexing; Search quality assessment; Relevance; Ranking; Information retrieval; Query; Recommendations; Multimedia retrieval.

== Prerequisites ==

=== Prerequisite subjects ===
* CSE204 — Analytic Geometry And Linear Algebra II: matrix multiplication, matrix decomposition (SVD, ALS) and approximation (matrix norm), sparse matrix, stability of solution (decomposition), vector spaces, metric spaces, manifold, eigenvector and eigenvalue.
* CSE113 — Philosophy I - (Discrete Math and Logic): graphs, trees, binary trees, balanced trees, metric (proximity) graphs, diameter, clique, path, shortest path.
* CSE206 — Probability And Statistics: probability, likelihood, conditional probability, Bayesian rule, stochastic matrix and properties. Analysis: DFT, [discrete] gradient.

=== Prerequisite topics ===

== Course Topics ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Course Sections and Topics
|-
! Section !! Topics within the section
|-
| Information retrieval basics ||
# Introduction to IR, major concepts.
# Crawling and Web.
# Quality assessment.
|-
| Text processing and indexing ||
# Building inverted index for text documents. Boolean retrieval model.
# Language, tokenization, stemming, searching, scoring.
# Spellchecking and wildcard search.
# Suggest and query expansion.
# Language modelling. Topic modelling.
|-
| Vector model and vector indexing ||
# Vector model
# Machine learning for vector embedding
# Vector-based index structures
|-
| Advanced topics. Media processing ||
# Image and video processing, understanding and indexing
# Content-based image retrieval
# Audio retrieval
# Relevance feedback
|}
== Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) ==

=== What is the main purpose of this course? ===
The course is designed to prepare students to understand background theories of information retrieval systems and introduce different information retrieval systems. The course will focus on the evaluation and analysis of such systems as well as how they are implemented. Throughout the course, students will be involved in discussions, readings, and assignments to experience real world systems. The technologies and algorithms covered in this class include machine learning, data mining, natural language processing, data indexing, and so on.

=== ILOs defined at three levels ===

==== Level 1: What concepts should a student know/remember/explain? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Terms and definitions used in area of information retrieval,
* Search engine and recommender system essential parts,
* Quality metrics of information retrieval systems,
* Contemporary approaches to semantic data analysis,
* Indexing strategies.

==== Level 2: What basic practical skills should a student be able to perform? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Understand background theories behind information retrieval systems,
* How to design a recommender system from scratch,
* How to evaluate quality of a particular information retrieval system,
* Core ideas and system implementation and maintenance,
* How to identify and fix information retrieval system problems.

==== Level 3: What complex comprehensive skills should a student be able to apply in real-life scenarios? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Build a recommender service from scratch,
* Implement a proper index for an unstructured dataset,
* Plan quality measures for a new recommender service,
* Run initial data analysis and problem evaluation for a business task, related to information retrieval.
== Grading ==

=== Course grading range ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Grade !! Range !! Description of performance
|-
| A. Excellent || 84-100 || -
|-
| B. Good || 72-83 || -
|-
| C. Satisfactory || 60-71 || -
|-
| D. Poor || 0-59 || -
|}

=== Course activities and grading breakdown ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Percentage of the overall course grade
|-
| Assignments || 60
|-
| Quizzes || 40
|-
| Exams || 0
|}

=== Recommendations for students on how to succeed in the course ===

The simples way to succeed is to participate in labs and pass coding assignments in timely manner. This guarantees up to 60% of the grade. Participation in lecture quizzes allow to differentiate the grade.

== Resources, literature and reference materials ==

=== Open access resources ===
* Manning, Raghavan, Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval, 2008, Cambridge University Press
* Baeza-Yates, Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2011, Addison-Wesley
* Buttcher, Clarke, Cormack, Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, 2010, MIT Press
* [Course repository in github](https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval).

=== Closed access resources ===

=== Software and tools used within the course ===

= Teaching Methodology: Methods, techniques, & activities =

== Activities and Teaching Methods ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Activities within each section
|-
! Learning Activities !! Section 1 !! Section 2 !! Section 3 !! Section 4
|-
| Development of individual parts of software product code || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Homework and group projects || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Testing (written or computer based) || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|}
== Formative Assessment and Course Activities ==

=== Ongoing performance assessment ===

==== Section 1 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Enumerate limitations for web crawling. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose a strategy for A/B testing. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose recommender quality metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement DCG metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Discuss relevance metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Crawl website with respect to robots.txt. || 1
|-
| Question || What is typical IR system architecture? || 0
|-
| Question || Show how to parse a dynamic web page. || 0
|-
| Question || Provide a framework to accept/reject A/B testing results. || 0
|-
| Question || Compute DCG for an example query for random search engine. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement a metric for a recommender system. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement pFound. || 0
|}
==== Section 2 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Tokenize a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement simple spellchecker. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement wildcard search. || 1
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a set of web pages. || 0
|-
| Question || build a distribution of stems/lexemes for a text. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement case-insensitive index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement semantic vector-based index for a given text collection. || 0
|}
==== Section 3 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Embed the text with an ML model. || 1
|-
| Question || Build term-document matrix. || 1
|-
| Question || Build semantic index for a dataset using Annoy. || 1
|-
| Question || Build kd-tree index for a given dataset. || 1
|-
| Question || Why kd-trees work badly in 100-dimensional environment? || 1
|-
| Question || What is the difference between metric space and vector space? || 1
|-
| Question || Choose and implement persistent index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Visualize a dataset for text classification. || 0
|-
| Question || Build (H)NSW index for a dataset. || 0
|-
| Question || Compare HNSW to Annoy index. || 0
|-
| Question || What are metric space index structures you know? || 0
|}
==== Section 4 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Extract semantic information from images. || 1
|-
| Question || Build an image hash. || 1
|-
| Question || Build a spectral representation of a song. || 1
|-
| Question || Whats is relevance feedback? || 1
|-
| Question || Build a "search by color" feature. || 0
|-
| Question || Extract scenes from video. || 0
|-
| Question || Write a voice-controlled search. || 0
|-
| Question || Semantic search within unlabelled image dataset. || 0
|}
=== Final assessment ===
'''Section 1'''
# Implement text crawler for a news site.
# What is SBS (side-by-side) and how is it used in search engines?
# Compare pFound with CTR and with DCG.
# Explain how A/B testing works.
# Describe PageRank algorithm.
'''Section 2'''
# Explain how (and why) KD-trees work.
# What are weak places of inverted index?
# Compare different text vectorization approaches.
# Compare tolerant retrieval to spellchecking.
'''Section 3'''
# Compare inverted index to HNSW in terms of speed, memory consumption?
# Choose the best index for a given dataset.
# Implement range search in KD-tree.
'''Section 4'''
# What are the approaches to image understanding?
# How to cluster a video into scenes and shots?
# How speech-to-text technology works?
# How to build audio fingerprints?

=== The retake exam ===
'''Section 1'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 2'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 3'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.
'''Section 4'''
# Solve a complex coding problem similar to one of the homework or lab.

BSc: Information Retrieval

2022-12-15T14:05:10Z

S.protasov: /* Information Retrieval */

= Information Retrieval =
* '''Course name''': Information Retrieval
* '''Code discipline''': CSE306
* '''Subject area''': Data Science; Computer systems organization; Information systems; Real-time systems; Information retrieval; World Wide Web

== Short Description ==
This course covers the following concepts: Indexing; Relevance; Ranking; Information retrieval; Query.

== Prerequisites ==

=== Prerequisite subjects ===
* CSE204 — Analytic Geometry And Linear Algebra II: matrix multiplication, matrix decomposition (SVD, ALS) and approximation (matrix norm), sparse matrix, stability of solution (decomposition), vector spaces, metric spaces, manifold, eigenvector and eigenvalue.
* CSE113 — Philosophy I - (Discrete Math and Logic): graphs, trees, binary trees, balanced trees, metric (proximity) graphs, diameter, clique, path, shortest path.
* CSE206 — Probability And Statistics: probability, likelihood, conditional probability, Bayesian rule, stochastic matrix and properties. Analysis: DFT, [discrete] gradient.

=== Prerequisite topics ===

== Course Topics ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Course Sections and Topics
|-
! Section !! Topics within the section
|-
| Information retrieval basics ||
# Introduction to IR, major concepts.
# Crawling and Web.
# Quality assessment.
|-
| Text processing and indexing ||
# Building inverted index for text documents. Boolean retrieval model.
# Language, tokenization, stemming, searching, scoring.
# Spellchecking and wildcard search.
# Suggest and query expansion.
# Language modelling. Topic modelling.
|-
| Vector model and vector indexing ||
# Vector model
# Machine learning for vector embedding
# Vector-based index structures
|-
| Advanced topics. Media processing ||
# Image and video processing, understanding and indexing
# Content-based image retrieval
# Audio retrieval
# Hum to search
# Relevance feedback
|}
== Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) ==

=== What is the main purpose of this course? ===
The course is designed to prepare students to understand background theories of information retrieval systems and introduce different information retrieval systems. The course will focus on the evaluation and analysis of such systems as well as how they are implemented. Throughout the course, students will be involved in discussions, readings, and assignments to experience real world systems. The technologies and algorithms covered in this class include machine learning, data mining, natural language processing, data indexing, and so on.

=== ILOs defined at three levels ===

==== Level 1: What concepts should a student know/remember/explain? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Terms and definitions used in area of information retrieval,
* Search engine and recommender system essential parts,
* Quality metrics of information retrieval systems,
* Contemporary approaches to semantic data analysis,
* Indexing strategies.

==== Level 2: What basic practical skills should a student be able to perform? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Understand background theories behind information retrieval systems,
* How to design a recommender system from scratch,
* How to evaluate quality of a particular information retrieval system,
* Core ideas and system implementation and maintenance,
* How to identify and fix information retrieval system problems.

==== Level 3: What complex comprehensive skills should a student be able to apply in real-life scenarios? ====
By the end of the course, the students should be able to ...
* Build a recommender service from scratch,
* Implement a proper index for an unstructured dataset,
* Plan quality measures for a new recommender service,
* Run initial data analysis and problem evaluation for a business task, related to information retrieval.
== Grading ==

=== Course grading range ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Grade !! Range !! Description of performance
|-
| A. Excellent || 84-100 || -
|-
| B. Good || 72-83 || -
|-
| C. Satisfactory || 60-71 || -
|-
| D. Poor || 0-59 || -
|}

=== Course activities and grading breakdown ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Percentage of the overall course grade
|-
| Labs/seminar classes || 35
|-
| Interim performance assessment || 70
|-
| Exams || 0
|}

=== Recommendations for students on how to succeed in the course ===

== Resources, literature and reference materials ==

=== Open access resources ===
* Manning, Raghavan, Schütze, An Introduction to Information Retrieval, 2008, Cambridge University Press
* Baeza-Yates, Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2011, Addison-Wesley
* Buttcher, Clarke, Cormack, Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, 2010, MIT Press
* Course repository in github.

=== Closed access resources ===

=== Software and tools used within the course ===

= Teaching Methodology: Methods, techniques, & activities =

== Activities and Teaching Methods ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Activities within each section
|-
! Learning Activities !! Section 1 !! Section 2 !! Section 3 !! Section 4
|-
| Development of individual parts of software product code || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Homework and group projects || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|-
| Testing (written or computer based) || 1 || 1 || 1 || 1
|}
== Formative Assessment and Course Activities ==

=== Ongoing performance assessment ===

==== Section 1 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Enumerate limitations for web crawling. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose a strategy for A/B testing. || 1
|-
| Question || Propose recommender quality metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement DCG metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Discuss relevance metric. || 1
|-
| Question || Crawl website with respect to robots.txt. || 1
|-
| Question || What is typical IR system architecture? || 0
|-
| Question || Show how to parse a dynamic web page. || 0
|-
| Question || Provide a framework to accept/reject A/B testing results. || 0
|-
| Question || Compute DCG for an example query for random search engine. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement a metric for a recommender system. || 0
|-
| Question || Implement pFound. || 0
|}
==== Section 2 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Tokenize a text. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement simple spellchecker. || 1
|-
| Question || Implement wildcard search. || 1
|-
| Question || Build inverted index for a set of web pages. || 0
|-
| Question || build a distribution of stems/lexemes for a text. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement case-insensitive index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Choose and implement semantic vector-based index for a given text collection. || 0
|}
==== Section 3 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Embed the text with an ML model. || 1
|-
| Question || Build term-document matrix. || 1
|-
| Question || Build semantic index for a dataset using Annoy. || 1
|-
| Question || Build kd-tree index for a given dataset. || 1
|-
| Question || Why kd-trees work badly in 100-dimensional environment? || 1
|-
| Question || What is the difference between metric space and vector space? || 1
|-
| Question || Choose and implement persistent index for a given text collection. || 0
|-
| Question || Visualize a dataset for text classification. || 0
|-
| Question || Build (H)NSW index for a dataset. || 0
|-
| Question || Compare HNSW to Annoy index. || 0
|-
| Question || What are metric space index structures you know? || 0
|}
==== Section 4 ====
{| class="wikitable"
|+
|-
! Activity Type !! Content !! Is Graded?
|-
| Question || Extract semantic information from images. || 1
|-
| Question || Build an image hash. || 1
|-
| Question || Build a spectral representation of a song. || 1
|-
| Question || Whats is relevance feedback? || 1
|-
| Question || Build a "search by color" feature. || 0
|-
| Question || Extract scenes from video. || 0
|-
| Question || Write a voice-controlled search. || 0
|-
| Question || Semantic search within unlabelled image dataset. || 0
|}
=== Final assessment ===
'''Section 1'''
# Implement text crawler for a news site.
# What is SBS (side-by-side) and how is it used in search engines?
# Compare pFound with CTR and with DCG.
# Explain how A/B testing works.
# Describe PageRank algorithm.
'''Section 2'''
# Explain how (and why) KD-trees work.
# What are weak places of inverted index?
# Compare different text vectorization approaches.
# Compare tolerant retrieval to spellchecking.
'''Section 3'''
# Compare inverted index to HNSW in terms of speed, memory consumption?
# Choose the best index for a given dataset.
# Implement range search in KD-tree.
'''Section 4'''
# What are the approaches to image understanding?
# How to cluster a video into scenes and shots?
# How speech-to-text technology works?
# How to build audio fingerprints?

=== The retake exam ===
'''Section 1'''

'''Section 2'''

'''Section 3'''

'''Section 4'''

OverallRegulations

2022-01-12T08:01:42Z

S.protasov:

* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_this_document About this document]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/InnopolisUniversityManifestoonMedium Innopolis University Manifesto on Medium of Instruction]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course About lecturing a course]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Structure_of_the_BS_Degrees Structure of the BS Degrees]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Structure_of_the_MS_Degrees Structure of the MS Degrees]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/HowToMoodle How to Moodle]

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T08:01:16Z

S.protasov:

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''Attendance''' element, and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, presentations, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Assignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can include explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to student uploads, feedback to their open question answers, etc.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override these rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =

Some motivation and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist].

Please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat] to get Moodle assitance.

User:S.protasov

2022-01-12T07:18:39Z

S.protasov: /* Contacts */

[[File:slon.jpg|300px]]

Stanislav Protasov is an assistant professor at machine learning and knowledge representation lab. His research interests are:
* quantum computing and programming
* machine learning for industrial applications
* information retrieval

== Courses delivered ==
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Information Retrieval (bachelors 3 year) and Advanced Information Retrieval (master 1 year)]
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/qp Quantum Programming elective]
# [https://github.com/hsu-ai-course/hsu.ai Practical AI elective]

== Contacts ==

'''email''': s.protasov@innopolis.ru

'''room''': 463

User:S.protasov

2022-01-12T07:18:28Z

S.protasov:

[[File:slon.jpg|300px]]

Stanislav Protasov is an assistant professor at machine learning and knowledge representation lab. His research interests are:
* quantum computing and programming
* machine learning for industrial applications
* information retrieval

== Courses delivered ==
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Information Retrieval (bachelors 3 year) and Advanced Information Retrieval (master 1 year)]
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/qp Quantum Programming elective]
# [https://github.com/hsu-ai-course/hsu.ai Practical AI elective]

== Contacts ==
'''email''': s.protasov@innopolis.ru
'''room''': 463

File:Slon.jpg

2022-01-12T07:16:05Z

S.protasov: Stanislav Protasov and slon

== Summary ==
Stanislav Protasov and slon

User:S.protasov

2022-01-12T07:15:29Z

S.protasov: Created page with "slon.jpg Stanislav Protasov is an assistant professor at machine learning and knowledge representation lab. His research interests are: * quantum computing and programmin..."

[[slon.jpg]]

Stanislav Protasov is an assistant professor at machine learning and knowledge representation lab. His research interests are:
* quantum computing and programming
* machine learning for industrial applications
* information retrieval

== Courses delivered ==
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/information-retrieval Information Retrieval (bachelors 3 year) and Advanced Information Retrieval (master 1 year)]
# [https://github.com/IUCVLab/qp Quantum Programming elective]
# [https://github.com/hsu-ai-course/hsu.ai Practical AI elective]

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:55:44Z

S.protasov: /* Furter reading */

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''Attendance''' element, and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, presentations, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Assignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can involve explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to student uploads and their answers to open questions.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override this rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =

Some motivation words and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist].

To get Moodle assitance, please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat].

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:48:50Z

S.protasov: /* Expected state */

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''Attendance''' element, and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, presentations, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Assignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can involve explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to student uploads and their answers to open questions.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override this rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =
Some useful motivation words and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist]. To get Moodle assitance, please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat].

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:48:14Z

S.protasov: /* Expected state */

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''Attendance''' element, and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': slides, lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Assignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can involve explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to student uploads and their answers to open questions.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override this rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =
Some useful motivation words and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist]. To get Moodle assitance, please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat].

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:47:04Z

S.protasov: /* Moodle minimum */

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''Attendance''' element, and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': slides, lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Asignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can involve explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to uploads and open questions, and so on.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override this rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =
Some useful motivation words and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist]. To get Moodle assitance, please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat].

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:45:16Z

S.protasov: Major text

= What is Moodle =
[https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LMS)]. Such systems can automate multiple educational procedures. In our university we use Moodle for 2 major tasks: '''professor-to-student''' and '''professor-to-administration''' communication. In particular ''at least'' we use Moodle:
* as an entry point for a course for offline and ''online'' students;
* to publish a course structure, regulations, and materials;
* to schedule graded activities (quizzes, homeworks, exams, ...);
* to store a digital footprint of a student, mostly in a form of uploaded assignments and quizzes;
* for timely grading and grade publishing.

= Moodle minimum =
As soon as you get access to the course, you should:
# Upload or link a '''course syllabus''', preferably in a form of an [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Main_Page eduwiki page].
# Create '''attendance activity''', and then create teaching sessions inside. Attendance check is mandatory for electives and labs.
# Create '''course sections''', preferably with respect to syllabus topics.
# Create '''all graded activities''' with submission deadlines in advance.
# '''Setup grading'''. Moodle by default equally weights all assignments and uses default letter scale. To adjust this behavior please refer to ''Grades'' menu of the course. Useful tips are given in [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCs6F-PfBJ4&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=7&t=3s this video about grades setup] and [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P5cUlVIN7J8&list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu-&index=8 this video about mid-semester evaluation]. '''NB University administration automatically imports final grades from Moodle, thus you should ensure that grades are correct in 2 days after a final exam'''.

= Expected state =
As Moodle is used as a default '''professor-to-student''' communication channel, we expect to see there:
* '''Course material''': slides, lecture notes, lecture recording, scientific acticles, links to repositories and chats, and other course artifacts.
* '''Grading feedback'''. Asignments and quizzes graded in Moodle should include justification of the grade. This can involve explicit grading schemas, personal feedbacks to uploads and open questions, and so on.

= Good to have =
* Our university has a default [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/About_lecturing_a_course#Academic_misconduct_policy Academic Misconduct Policy]. If you want to override this rules, you can do this in Moodle.
* Dedicated '''grading policy''' section in a course header.

= Furter reading =
Some useful motivation words and useful tricks are given in this [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLneu1tELBieKgdGI6MXpgCQ-KwTnItYu- YouTube playlist]. To get Moodle assitance, please don't hesitate to contact [https://t.me/Mls181 Miloslav] and [https://t.me/rin_akhm Rinat].

How To Moodle

2022-01-12T06:12:48Z

S.protasov: Created page with "= What is Moodle = [https://moodle.innopolis.university/my/ Moodle] is a widely spread [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system Learning Management System (LM..."

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-12T08:03:23Z

S.protasov: /* Section 5 */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Qubit
* Superposition
* Quantum states, vector representation, and bra-ket notation
* Single qubit gates NOT, READ/WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Express a superposed state with given probabilities of realization in bra-ket notation
# Compute the state given a sequence of gates
# Prepare a desired quantum state given single-qubit operations
# What is the difference between Unitary and Stochastic matrices?

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Prepare a desired state given single-qubit operations
# Apply Hadamard gate to |+>
# What is Matrix exponentiation?

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Find eigenstates of Hadamard operator
# Prepare a desired quantum state

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* 2-qubit operations
* CNOT
* CU: CPHASE, CZ, SWAP
* CC-U: Toffoli
* Implementation of arbitrary C-U and CC-U gates

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Compute tensor product of 2 matrices
# Implement C-RotX(phi) gate
# Compute CNOT^(-1)

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Apply CNOT to |+0> in matrix form
# Implement CC-H gate using 2-qubit gates only
# Compute CCNOT^(-1)

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement CZ gate
# Implement sqrt(CZ) gate
# Implement CCCNOT

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum arithmetics
* Quantum RAM
* Quantum vector encoding
* Quantum matrix encoding

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# Implement +3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 8 components
# Encode a random unitary matrix

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Implement x2 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 4 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix with density matrix

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement x3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 16 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum teleportation
* Amplitude amplification
* QFT
* Quantum Phase estimation
* Grover's search algorithm
* Shor's factorization algoritm

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Teleport a qubit and prove your teleportation result is correct
# Apply QFT to a given vector and report major frequency in discrete sinal
# For a given matrix, implement a matrix as a circuit and find an eigenvalue for the first eigenvector

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Implement Amplitude Amplification and show in works
# Factorize 21 using Shor's algorithm
# Apply QFT for a `sin(kt)` function

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Factorize 15 using Shor's algorithm
# Apply Grover search for an arbitrary oracle function
# Apply QFT for a `cos(kt)` function

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum PCA
* Quantum SVM
* Quadractic Unconstrained Binary Optimization (QUBO) and derivations
* QAOA
* Quantum CNN

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Using qiskit find the first principal conponent of the matrix
# Classify the data using quantum SVM
# Implement Quantum CNN

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Build a QSVM classifier
# State a problem in a QUBO form and solve it

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Using qiskit find the second principal conponent of the matrix
# Find graph max cut using QAOA

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-12T07:30:26Z

S.protasov: /* Section 4 */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Qubit
* Superposition
* Quantum states, vector representation, and bra-ket notation
* Single qubit gates NOT, READ/WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Express a superposed state with given probabilities of realization in bra-ket notation
# Compute the state given a sequence of gates
# Prepare a desired quantum state given single-qubit operations
# What is the difference between Unitary and Stochastic matrices?

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Prepare a desired state given single-qubit operations
# Apply Hadamard gate to |+>
# What is Matrix exponentiation?

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Find eigenstates of Hadamard operator
# Prepare a desired quantum state

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* 2-qubit operations
* CNOT
* CU: CPHASE, CZ, SWAP
* CC-U: Toffoli
* Implementation of arbitrary C-U and CC-U gates

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Compute tensor product of 2 matrices
# Implement C-RotX(phi) gate
# Compute CNOT^(-1)

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Apply CNOT to |+0> in matrix form
# Implement CC-H gate using 2-qubit gates only
# Compute CCNOT^(-1)

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement CZ gate
# Implement sqrt(CZ) gate
# Implement CCCNOT

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum arithmetics
* Quantum RAM
* Quantum vector encoding
* Quantum matrix encoding

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# Implement +3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 8 components
# Encode a random unitary matrix

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Implement x2 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 4 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix with density matrix

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement x3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 16 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum teleportation
* Amplitude amplification
* QFT
* Quantum Phase estimation
* Grover's search algorithm
* Shor's factorization algoritm

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Teleport a qubit and prove your teleportation result is correct
# Apply QFT to a given vector and report major frequency in discrete sinal
# For a given matrix, implement a matrix as a circuit and find an eigenvalue for the first eigenvector

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Implement Amplitude Amplification and show in works
# Factorize 21 using Shor's algorithm
# Apply QFT for a `sin(kt)` function

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Factorize 15 using Shor's algorithm
# Apply Grover search for an arbitrary oracle function
# Apply QFT for a `cos(kt)` function

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Метод главных компонент на QPU
* Метод опорных вектором на QPU

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T14:34:41Z

S.protasov: Added topics and content

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Qubit
* Superposition
* Quantum states, vector representation, and bra-ket notation
* Single qubit gates NOT, READ/WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Express a superposed state with given probabilities of realization in bra-ket notation
# Compute the state given a sequence of gates
# Prepare a desired quantum state given single-qubit operations
# What is the difference between Unitary and Stochastic matrices?

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Prepare a desired state given single-qubit operations
# Apply Hadamard gate to |+>
# What is Matrix exponentiation?

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Find eigenstates of Hadamard operator
# Prepare a desired quantum state

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* 2-qubit operations
* CNOT
* CU: CPHASE, CZ, SWAP
* CC-U: Toffoli
* Implementation of arbitrary C-U and CC-U gates

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# Compute tensor product of 2 matrices
# Implement C-RotX(phi) gate
# Compute CNOT^(-1)

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Apply CNOT to |+0> in matrix form
# Implement CC-H gate using 2-qubit gates only
# Compute CCNOT^(-1)

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement CZ gate
# Implement sqrt(CZ) gate
# Implement CCCNOT

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum arithmetics
* Quantum RAM
* Quantum vector encoding
* Quantum matrix encoding

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# Implement +3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 8 components
# Encode a random unitary matrix

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# Implement x2 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 4 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix with density matrix

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# Implement x3 for 2-s complement notation
# Encode a random vector of 16 components
# Encode a random Hermitian matrix

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Quantum teleportation
* Amplitude amplification
* QFT
* Quantum Phase estimation
* Grover's search algorithm
* Shor's factorization algoritm

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Метод главных компонент на QPU
* Метод опорных вектором на QPU

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:50:24Z

S.protasov: /* Section 5 */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Кубит, суперпозиция и квантовые состояния, однокубитные операции, кубит, вектор квантового состояния, кет-нотация, однокубитные гейты NOT, READ, WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* многокубитные операции CNOT, Toffoli, CPHASE, CZ, SWAP

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Квантовая память
* Кодирование векторов
* Кодирование матриц

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Квантовая телепортация
* Арифметика QPU
* Усиление комплексной амплитуды
* Квантовое преобразование Фурье
* Квантовая оценка фазы
* Алгоритм Гровера
* Алгоритм Шора

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Метод главных компонент на QPU
* Метод опорных вектором на QPU

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:49:16Z

S.protasov: /* Section 4 */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Кубит, суперпозиция и квантовые состояния, однокубитные операции, кубит, вектор квантового состояния, кет-нотация, однокубитные гейты NOT, READ, WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* многокубитные операции CNOT, Toffoli, CPHASE, CZ, SWAP

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Квантовая память
* Кодирование векторов
* Кодирование матриц

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Квантовая телепортация
* Арифметика QPU
* Усиление комплексной амплитуды
* Квантовое преобразование Фурье
* Квантовая оценка фазы
* Алгоритм Гровера
* Алгоритм Шора

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:48:07Z

S.protasov: /* Section 3 */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Кубит, суперпозиция и квантовые состояния, однокубитные операции, кубит, вектор квантового состояния, кет-нотация, однокубитные гейты NOT, READ, WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* многокубитные операции CNOT, Toffoli, CPHASE, CZ, SWAP

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Квантовая память
* Кодирование векторов
* Кодирование матриц

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:46:40Z

S.protasov:

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* Кубит, суперпозиция и квантовые состояния, однокубитные операции, кубит, вектор квантового состояния, кет-нотация, однокубитные гейты NOT, READ, WRITE, HADAMARD, ROT, PHASE

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* многокубитные операции CNOT, Toffoli, CPHASE, CZ, SWAP

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO
# TODO

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

==== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ====

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

==== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ====

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:40:47Z

S.protasov: /* Course Sections */

= Introduction to Quantum Programming =

* '''Course name:''' Introduction to Quantum Programming
* '''Course number:''' N/A

== Course Characteristics ==

== What subject area does your course (discipline) belong to? ==

Quantum computing

=== Key concepts of the class ===

* Quantum computer
* Quantum circuit
* Quantum optimization

=== What is the purpose of this course? ===

The goal of the course is to equip students with the skills to develop quantum algorithms using modern development tools for simulators and real computing systems. These skills include, but are not limited to, the qiskit programming language and its libraries, and universal quantum notation.

After mastering the course the student should be aware of ways to develop quantum algorithms, should be able to develop simple quantum circuits from scratch and integrate them into classical software, should be able to compose sequences of quantum circuits that solve computational and machine learning problems.

=== Course objectives based on Bloom’s taxonomy ===

=== - What should a student remember at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to remember and recognize

* basics of quantum computing
* definition of quantum state and quantum gate
* basic quantum gates
* basic quantum subprograms

=== - What should a student be able to understand at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to describe and explain

* terms of quantum computing
* solving applied problems in quantum computer

=== - What should a student be able to apply at the end of the course? ===

By the end of the course, the students should be able to

* write an algormithm in qiskit progamming language
* run an algorithm in simulator
* run an algorithm in real quantum computer

=== Course evaluation ===

{|
|+ Course grade breakdown
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed points'''
|-
|align="center"| Labs/seminar classes
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Interim performance assessment
|align="center"| 20
|-
|align="center"| Assessments
|align="center"| 60
|-
|align="center"| Exams
|align="center"| 20
|}

If necessary, please indicate freely your course’s features in terms of students’ performance assessment:

Students pass 3 homeworks 20 points each. 20 points are given for in-class performance (solving the labs and whiteboard examples). 20 points go to the exam.

=== Grades range ===

{|
|+ Course grading range
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Proposed range'''
|-
|align="center"| A. Excellent
|align="center"| 80-100
|-
|align="center"| B. Good
|align="center"| 65-79
|-
|align="center"| C. Satisfactory
|align="center"| 50-64
|-
|align="center"| D. Poor
|align="center"| 0-49
|}

=== Resources and reference material ===

Main textbook:

* [https://www.amazon.com/Programming-Quantum-Computers-Essential-Algorithms/dp/1492039683 Programming Quantum Computers: Essential Algorithms and Code Samples]
* [https://qiskit.org/textbook/preface.html Qiskit textbook]
* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/bronze-qiskit QBronze workshop materials]

Other reference material:

* [https://gitlab.com/qworld/silver QSilver workshop]

== Course Sections ==

The main sections of the course and approximate hour distribution between them is as follows:

{|
|+ Course Sections
!align="center"| '''Section'''
! '''Section Title'''
!align="center"| '''Teaching Hours'''
|-
|align="center"| 1
| Single qubit
|align="center"| 12
|-
|align="center"| 2
| 2 qubit operations
|align="center"| 8
|-
|align="center"| 3
| quantum data representation
|align="center"| 10
|-
|align="center"| 4
| quantum building blocks
|align="center"| 4
|-
|align="center"| 5
| quantum optimization and machine learning
|align="center"| 6
|}

=== Section 1 ===

==== Section title: ====

Single Qubit

=== Topics covered in this section: ===

* TODO

=== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ===

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO
# TODO

=== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ===

# TODO

=== Test questions for final assessment in this section ===

# TODO

=== Section 2 ===

==== Section title: ====

2 qubit operations

=== Topics covered in this section: ===

* TODO

=== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ===

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO
# TODO

=== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ===

# TODO

=== Test questions for final assessment in this section ===

# TODO
# TODO

=== Section 3 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum data representation

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

=== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ===

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 4 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum programming building blocks

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

=== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ===

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

=== Section 5 ===

==== Section title: ====

Quantum optimization and machine learning

==== Topics covered in this section: ====

* TODO

=== What forms of evaluation were used to test students’ performance in this section? ===

{|
!align="center"|
!align="center"| '''Yes/No'''
|-
|align="center"| Development of individual parts of software product code
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Homework and group projects
|align="center"| 1
|-
|align="center"| Midterm evaluation
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Testing (written or computer based)
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Reports
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Essays
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Oral polls
|align="center"| 0
|-
|align="center"| Discussions
|align="center"| 0
|}

=== Typical questions for ongoing performance evaluation within this section ===

# TODO

==== Typical questions for seminar classes (labs) within this section ====

# TODO

==== Test questions for final assessment in this section ====

# TODO

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:34:56Z

S.protasov: /* Resources and reference material */

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:30:40Z

S.protasov: /* Grades range */

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:29:44Z

S.protasov: /* Course evaluation */

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:26:54Z

S.protasov: /* Course evaluation */

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:26:22Z

S.protasov: /* Course evaluation */

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:23:32Z

S.protasov: Bloom's

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-11T09:18:30Z

S.protasov: /* Introduction to Quantum Programming */

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:29:39Z

S.protasov: /* 3.11 Academic misconduct policy */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== Academic misconduct policy ==

=== Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

# cheating (including plagiarism),
# fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
# theft,
# sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

# Using the exact words of another student.
# Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
# Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
# Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

# among students’ works,
# as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

# Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
# Date and time the case was detected;
# Course affected by the situation;
# Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

# The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and 319@innopolis.ru).
# The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately, and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered final.
# In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’ papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions. However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

# Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
# Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
# In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

# The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
# The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

# DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
# SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty section).
# In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student shall receive zero points for the particular work (assignment/exam/test/homework)
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the following actions shall be taken:
## Such a student shall:
### receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses);
### be sent to retake.
## An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled from Innopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:29:13Z

S.protasov: /* Penalty */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

# cheating (including plagiarism),
# fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
# theft,
# sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

# Using the exact words of another student.
# Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
# Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
# Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

# among students’ works,
# as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

# Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
# Date and time the case was detected;
# Course affected by the situation;
# Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

# The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and 319@innopolis.ru).
# The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately, and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered final.
# In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’ papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions. However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

# Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
# Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
# In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

# The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
# The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

# DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
# SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty section).
# In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student shall receive zero points for the particular work (assignment/exam/test/homework)
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the following actions shall be taken:
## Such a student shall:
### receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses);
### be sent to retake.
## An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled from Innopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:28:39Z

S.protasov: /* Procedure from an administration point of view */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

# cheating (including plagiarism),
# fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
# theft,
# sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

# Using the exact words of another student.
# Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
# Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
# Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

# among students’ works,
# as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

# Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
# Date and time the case was detected;
# Course affected by the situation;
# Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

# The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and 319@innopolis.ru).
# The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately, and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered final.
# In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’ papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions. However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

# Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
# Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
# In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

# The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
# The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

# DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
# SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty section).
# In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
## Such a student shall:
### receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses);
### be sent to retake.
## An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled from Innopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:28:24Z

S.protasov: /* Procedure */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

# cheating (including plagiarism),
# fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
# theft,
# sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

# Using the exact words of another student.
# Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
# Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
# Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

# among students’ works,
# as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

# Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
# Date and time the case was detected;
# Course affected by the situation;
# Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

# The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and 319@innopolis.ru).
# The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately, and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered final.
# In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’ papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions. However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

# Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
# Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
# In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

# The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
# The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

# DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
# SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).
# In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
## Such a student shall:
### receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses);
### be sent to retake.
## An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled from Innopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:27:08Z

S.protasov: /* 3.11 Academic misconduct policy */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

# cheating (including plagiarism),
# fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
# theft,
# sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

# Using the exact words of another student.
# Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
# Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
# Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

# among students’ works,
# as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

# Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
# Date and time the case was detected;
# Course affected by the situation;
# Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

# The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and
319@innopolis.ru).
# The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately,
and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a
report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each
other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered
final.
# In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale
for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then
an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an
unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is
considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with
the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’
papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions.
However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This
decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee
during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and
the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when
the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

# Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
# Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
# In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

# The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
# The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

# DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
# SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).
# In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
## Such a student shall:
### receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses);
### be sent to retake.
## An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
# Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled from Innopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:24:53Z

S.protasov: /* 3.11.1 Definitions */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:

1. cheating (including plagiarism),

2. fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),

3. theft,

4. sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

1. Using the exact words of another student.
2. Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
3. Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
4. Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

1. among students’ works,
2. as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

1. Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
2. Date and time the case was detected;
3. Course affected by the situation;
4. Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

1. The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and
319@innopolis.ru).
2. The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately,
and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a
report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each
other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered
final.
3. In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale
for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then
an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an
unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is
considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with
the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’
papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions.
However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This
decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee
during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and
the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when
the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

1. Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
2. Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
3. In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

1. The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
2. The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

1. DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
2. SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).

3. In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

1. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
2. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
* Such a student shall: (a)receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses); (b) be sent to retake.
* An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
3. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without
respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled fromInnopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:24:24Z

S.protasov: /* Penalty */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:
1. cheating (including plagiarism),
2. fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
3. theft,
4. sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

1. Using the exact words of another student.
2. Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
3. Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
4. Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

1. among students’ works,
2. as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

1. Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
2. Date and time the case was detected;
3. Course affected by the situation;
4. Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

1. The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and
319@innopolis.ru).
2. The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately,
and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a
report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each
other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered
final.
3. In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale
for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then
an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an
unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is
considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with
the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’
papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions.
However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This
decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee
during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and
the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when
the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

1. Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
2. Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
3. In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

1. The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
2. The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

1. DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
2. SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).

3. In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

1. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
2. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
* Such a student shall: (a)receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are detected in different courses); (b) be sent to retake.
* An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
3. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without
respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled fromInnopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:23:53Z

S.protasov: /* Penalty */

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:
1. cheating (including plagiarism),
2. fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
3. theft,
4. sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

1. Using the exact words of another student.
2. Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
3. Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
4. Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

1. among students’ works,
2. as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

1. Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
2. Date and time the case was detected;
3. Course affected by the situation;
4. Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

1. The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and
319@innopolis.ru).
2. The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately,
and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a
report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each
other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered
final.
3. In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale
for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then
an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an
unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is
considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with
the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’
papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions.
However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This
decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee
during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and
the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when
the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

1. Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
2. Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
3. In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

1. The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
2. The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

1. DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
2. SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).

3. In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

1. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
2. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
* Such a student shall:
– receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are
detected in different courses);
– be sent to retake.
* An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
3. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without
respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled fromInnopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

About lecturing a course

2021-10-10T09:23:24Z

S.protasov:

= ABOUT LECTURING A COURSE =

The old version of the regulations to consider is https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Pk0J5C1LIkXHz-aPMCXZPr1SSD0YsLULJ8IslahdyOU/edit.

== Course Structure and Syllabus ==

Faculty members can use any instructional mode; however, they should always make sure to
develop and communicate the objectives of the course to the students. In regards to this, the
instructors of the courses should prepare the course syllabus for all of your courses and share
them with the Department of Education (DoE) before a semester begins.
The template that IU is currently using for the course syllabus is in the appendix (Add as an
appendix the template for the syllabus). Such template is then reflected by the DoE into
the online teaching infrastructure (currentlyMoodle) and is used as the core reference for
supplying course material, schedules, and calendars to students.
The deadlines to prepare and submit the syllabus are June 30 (for Fall semester courses),
October 31 (for Spring semester courses), May 01 (for Summer semester courses).
The instructor of the course is expected to teach with physical presence at least 70% of
the lectures.

== Evaluation of students performance ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
«Innopolis University».”

=== Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) ===

1. Ongoing academic progress assessment (OPA) is carried out by all types of self-study
and contact work of students prescribed by the disciplines, practices, and programs
of research work. The OPA is carried out by a professor giving courses, by the head of
practice, or by the tutor of the research work.

2. The forms of the OPA include:

* individual realization of software code,
* individual assignments,
* practical and laboratory work,
* projects,
* examinations,
* colloquiums,
* tests (hand-written or computer-based),
* reports, essays, surveys,
* oral polls,
* discussions, training, workshops.

3. Other forms of OPA might be established in accordance with the curriculum and
schedule.

4. The Instructor determines the frequency, the procedure, and the forms of OPA, as well
as the evaluation system for it. The Instructor has a right to introduce corrections in
the quantity and procedure of OPA.

5. The Instructor must enter OPA results into the LMSMoodle.

6. The OPA results must be taken into account when the final grade is given during course
evaluation. Grades received by students during the OPA are not subject to retake.

=== Studentsmid-semester evaluation ===

Within the framework of the educational process’s quality assessment, the IU Department
of Education analyzes students’ progress based on the OPA results around the middle of
each semester. Based on this analysis, members of the DoE hold special meetings with the
under-performing students to assess the reasons behind their struggling. The following
procedures are in place:

1. Each course instructor should estimate students’ performance by the end of the 9th
week of the semester. This is an estimation of individual students’ final grade

2. Such an estimate should be entered in the Moodle section of the course using an
assessment named “Mid Semester Evaluation (for DoE)”

3. Such an estimate should be defined with the usual letter grades (A, B, C, D - where D
means “fail”)

It is noteworthy that the mid-semester evaluation is not the same as the midterm evaluation.

=== Final evaluation ===

The official term for the final course evaluation is the “Interim assessment” (IA), and it will
be used below. The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim
assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher
education Innopolis university":

1. The schedule and the place of IA are drafted by the DoE one week prior to the beginning
of an IA, which must be approved by the Director of the University. Academic
faculty and students must be informed of this via their corporate e-mails.

2. The IA is conducted after completing the course or practice in full or in part. This assessment
will take place in a form that depends on the educational program, the work
program of the discipline (course modules) and following the procedures, prescribed
by relevant regulations.

3. The forms of interim assessment are:

* a test (including a pass/fail test),
* an examination.

Both of these can be carried out in the following forms:

* verbally and in a written form,
* in the form of testing, including the use of computers, software and hardware, as
well as
* in the form of an essay or
* project defense.

The form of the interim assessment is determined by the Instructor. Students must
be informed about the IA form.

4. The final grade for the course (module) and practice (research work) can include the
results of the OPA.

5. Recording the IA results can be conducted in the following 2 ways:

* The Instructor enters IA results into the LMSMoodle after which the results are
transferred into the intermediate attestation report.
* The Instructor fills out the intermediate attestation report (Appendix 1 of the
cited document) and submits it to the DoE. The DoE employees then transfer the grades into LMSMoodle.

6. The results cannot be reviewed after being entered into LMS Moodle and the interim
assessment report.

7. Final results of the examination (tests) from the interim assessment report shall be entered
into the student’s electronic record books (LMS Moodle, a system of educational process control 1C: University, student’s portfolio, and student’s personal account
(my.university.innopolis.ru)).

=== Rules on final examinations ===

1. If a student has no valid reason for being absent from the exam, he/she is considered
to not have passed the exam and not fulfilled academic requirements.

2. The Instructor can provide the list of supportive materials that students are allowed
to use during the exam.

3. The use of non-allowed supportive materials during the exams, breach of study discipline
(cheating, use of mobile phones or PC, attempts to talk to others, etc.) as well as
infringement of the regulations is prohibited. These incidents can serve as a ground
for removal of the student from the room and awarding thema D (unsatisfactory) or
F (Fail) marks.

4. If any of the incidents described above occur, the Instructor should inform the Vice-
Rector for Education of this in written form or via the corporate mail. The Vice-Rector
in their turn sends an official note on Regulations infringement to the Director of the
University for further consideration and decision.

5. Presence of the third parties on exams and tests without the written permission of the
Vice-Rector for Education of the University is not allowed.

6. Students with an individual education plan may pass tests and exams only during the
period determined by their individual education plan.

7. Students with a valid reason of absence (illness, family circumstances, etc.) who were
not able to pass tests and exams within the established timeframe are permitted to
retake an exam on individual terms. The terms are approved by the direct order of the
University Director.

8. For students who provide justification documents for their absence in the exam (sick leave
sheet, medical certificate, etc.), the examination period may be extended by the number
of calendar days indicated in the presented document. This document should be
provided no later than three working days after being issued.

9. The following procedure is applied for the extension of the examination session:

* A student provides the DoE with:

1) A statement in the name of Vice-Rector
for Education to extend the examination period;
2) Documents confirming the
reason for the extension of the examination period (a medical certificate or other
documents).

* The Vice-Rector for Education examines the submitted documents and visas
student’s statement.

* Based on this, the Department of Education of the University drafts submission
for the Director on the extension of the examination period, indicating a concrete number of extension days.

10. A student is not allowed to have an extension of the exam period if he/she does not submit
the justification document in time.

=== Marks and grading policy ===

IU five-point grading system:

* “Excellent” - A - A student gets A (“Excellent”) mark when he/she shows his/her full knowledge of the subject of a study program.

* “Good" - B - The learner has the knowledge of the subject in the almost full volume of the curriculum; independently, in a logical sequence, and in a comprehensive manner, answers all the questions, emphasizing the most essential, is able to analyze, compare, classify, generalize, and systematize the studied material, highlight the main concepts, establish causal relations; clearly formulates answers, freely interprets analytical results and solves situational problems of increased complexity; is well-acquainted with basic literature and research methods; can correlate the theoretical aspects of the activities of a subject with practical problems.

* “Satisfactory" - C - The learner has only basic knowledge of the discipline; has difficulties when answering questions, operates with inaccurate wording, misses essential parts of questions. The student is able to solve only the easiest
tasks.

* “Unsatisfactory" - D - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge,
is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

* “Passed" - P

* “Fail" - F - The student did not master the required minimum of subject knowledge, is unable to answer questions even with additional probing questions from the instructor.

1. The grades A, B, C, and P are considered positive and are not subject to retake in order to improve the grade. The grades D and F are considered negative (unsatisfactory).

2. A student who has completed in full the requirements of the current year’s curriculum and have successfully passed all examinations and internships is transferred to the next year in accordance with the Director’s order based on the proposal of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University.

== Retakes and missed assignments ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education Innopolis University":

1. The negative results of the interim assessment in one or several academic subjects, courses, disciplines (modules), practice (educational, industrial, pre-diploma) of the education program, as well as absence on the exam without a valid reason, are considered as unfulfilled academic requirements. Students are required to fulfill these requirements within the timeframe established by the University.

2. The University defines the schedule of retakes for each course and practice and designates for this purpose an additional exam (retake) session. This schedule is approved by the director of the university and is communicated to students through corporate
e-mail.

3. The structure of the retake (including labs, oral, written, practical) is defined by the instructor. The grading policy is up to the instructor and needs to be clearly stated in the syllabus.

4. If the student has failed to fulfill his/her academic requirement during the retake for the first time (hereinafter - first retake) they have a right for a second retake with the committee assigned by the university for this retake.

5. The first retake should be held by the same instructor to whom the student failed the exam (test) for the first time. If the instructor does not have the opportunity to conduct the exam at the fixed time, the Vice-Rector for Education appoints another instructor.

6. The Committee for the second retake is approved by the director’s order on the basis
of the submission of the Vice-Rector for Education of the University. The opportunity
to fulfill academic requirements is granted to each student no more than twice.

7. Students must pass the retake no later than one year since the date the unfulfilled requirement originated. This period does not include the following: sick leave, academic leave, maternal leave.

8. University has the right to conduct the first and the second retake during vacation. In this case, the University must set several retake periods, both during the holidays and during the semester.

9. The second retake could not be scheduled to take place during the internship (practice) period or interim assessment period (with the exception of the IA in remote learning format).

10. Graduating students are allowed to complete their unfulfilled academic requirements before the order of their admission to the state final certification is issued.

11. The mark for the second retake is awarded based on the agreement of all committee members. The decision of the committee is adopted by a simple majority of votes, is final and is not subject to revision.

12. The results of the retake (corresponding scores and marks) are recorded in accordance with the general rules for entering the results of the interim assessment. This information is recorded by the instructor in the interim reassessment paper.

13. The students who did not liquidate the academic debt in due time are expelled from the University as having failed to fulfill their responsibilities for the conscientious mastering of the educational program and the implementation of the curriculum.

14. The retakes take place during the first week of the following semesters.

== Ongoing and interim assessment for students with disabilities ==

The following is stipulated by the University Regulation “Ongoing and interim assessment
of students’ knowledge in the autonomous noncommercial organization of higher education
Innopolis university":

1. In order to conduct an ongoing and interim assessment for people with disabilities the
materials must be drafted. These materials must be adapted to estimate the achievements
fixed in the professional study program and the level of achieved competencies
in accordance with this study program.

2. For students with disabilities the forms of ongoing and interim assessment must be
adapted taking into consideration the peculiarities of their mental and physical development,
individual capabilities and health (oral form, written form on paper and
computer, in a form of tests, etc.).

3. In order to make education available for people with disabilities the University must
meet the following requirements: the presence of the assistant(s) in the room to provide
the disabled people with the necessary technical assistance; written exercises are
dictated to the student with disabilities. If necessary, students with disabilities must be
allowed to use any technical assistive devices.

4. For those students who have serious health problems such as speech disorder, difficulties
with hearing, oral assessments must be converted into a written form.

5. If needed, the disabled student is entitled to request in written form additional time
to prepare his/her answers during the test or exam. The duration of the assessment
session cannot be extended by more than 1.5 hours.

6. During the assessment sessions, the disabled students must be granted the chance to
use assistive devices by taking into consideration their special needs.

=== Storage of documents ===

In order to fulfill the requirements of Russian federal regulations, the Department of Education
suggests the following policy. Written paper works,

1. created by students at midterm exams, final exams and retakes should be stored by a
professor for 1 year from the moment of exam. This category also includes other works
that students and/or professors decided to include in student’s professional portfolios.
Keep these works at the professor’s office.

2. thesis works, course works, and other works with your and student signatures should be
stored by DoE. Regardless of the age – take them to the Department of Education.

3. created during other activities (even if one year did not pass) can be recycled immediately.
You are free to recycle these works with no preliminary actions (burning,
shredding, ...).
Comment: the form of the exam is defined in the syllabus. If an exam is conducted in practical or
oral form and produces no paper artifacts, this should be explicitly specified at the course
syllabus. Otherwise, the ministry assumes the exam is conducted in written form.

=== Transfer Students for BS ===

These are stipulated by the “Regulations on the procedure of transfer, expulsion, and reinstatement
of students and grating of academic leaves" from June 1, 2017.

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Transfer Students for MS ==

1. Students are allowed to transfer their education program within the first 4 weeks of a
semester. The request is extended by the student.

2. The request to change a program is submitted by a student to DoE within the first two
weeks of an academic calendar.

3. Within one working week from the day of submission of the request, DoE assesses the
eligibility of the student for the requested transfer. In case of a positive evaluation, an
interview is scheduled with the Program Coordinator.

4. On the day of the interview, the Program Coordinator holds a 1-3 hour interview and/or
an exam with the student to evaluate her/his academic background and motivation.

5. Within the third week of the semester, a meeting is held in which the Program Coordinator,
Dean, Vice-Rector, and the Head of DoE discuss the group of applicants and
make a final decision on their applications.

6. Within one working day from the day of the final decision, DoE provides feedback to
students regarding the outcome of their applications.

== Meeting with the Student-Representatives ==

During the 7th or the 8th week of the semester, the instructor must perform meeting with
the student representatives where s/he discusses the evolution of the course, gather feedback
from the students, identifies corrective actions, and send a report of such meeting to the
education department.

== Management of the Thesis ==

Thesis is carried out according to the requirements of the Federal lawNo 273-FZ of 29.12.2012
and order No 636 of theMinistry of education of the Russian Federation of 29.06.2015.
Specifically, the following provisions apply to Innopolis University:

1. For the Fall semester,

* (a) all the policies applied to courses are applied to the thesis;
* (b) in the final evaluation in the Fall semester an assessment at the C level should
be assimilated to a Fail, since there is an expectation that theses should not be
mediocre.

2. For the final (Spring) evaluation of the thesis, the final grade is defined by the state
thesis commission, on the basis of a proposal made by the supervisor in moodle.

3. Details on the implementation of the thesis are in Appendix ?? on page ?? for the BS
theses and in Appendix ?? on page ?? for theMS theses.

4. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of the students enrolled in the BS
programs should not exceed 30%;

5. the amount of plagiarism in texts for the thesis of students enrolled in theMS programs
should not exceed 25%.

6. a summary report of the inspection of the texts of the thesis of University students in
Plagiarism Checking System has to be submitted to the State Examination Committee
by the Department of Education no later than 3 (three) calendar days before the day of
the thesis defense.

7. theses made by the students of the University have to be published in the electronic
the library system of the University within 5 (five) days after the defense, except for the
works:

* containing the information being a state secret;
* containing information that has current or potential commercial value (production,
technical, economic, organizational) for the rightsholder due to it being unknown to
third parties, and other data (including the results of intellectual activity in the scientific
and technical sphere) that concerns methods of professional activity.

== Participation in lab activities ==

1. The following provisions do not apply to student developing a thesis or a curricular
project course, for which specific regulations are set.

2. During a semester of study, students can participate at activities of a lab of Innopolis
University.

3. Such participation is completely voluntary on the side of the student and their hosting
is completely voluntary on the side of the accepting professor and it is understood that
it is undertaken because both the student and the professor consider it useful for their
studies and researchers.

4. Accepting professors are encouraged to set up written agreements with students to
clarify the mutual expectations and duties.

5. For the student, such participation must not interfere in any way with the course of
study and cannot be a reason for:

* earning credits toward a degree
* missing classes
* skipping or delaying exams or any other formof evaluation
* asking the university to provide extra space for desks, resources for computing,
funding to attend conferences, etc
For the accepting professor, such participation cannot be a reason for:
* a reduced teaching load
* extra resources or benefits of any kind (lab space, computational facilities, funds
for conferences, . . . )

== 3.11 Academic misconduct policy ==

=== 3.11.1 Definitions ===

Primary instructor (PI) or professor – course primary instructor. Teaching assistant (TA) –
any other instructor involved in teaching a course. Instructor – PI or TA.
Academic misconduct -— any action or attempted action that may result in creating an
unfair academic advantage for oneself or an unfair academic advantage or disadvantage for
any other member or members of the academic community. Include but not limited by:
1. cheating (including plagiarism),
2. fabrication or alteration of information and documents (lies in general),
3. theft,
4. sabotage (lesson disruption, bomb calls, fire alarms).

Students shall be considered to be cheating if involved in any of the following: using
unauthorized cheat sheets, opening books during closed-book tests, talking during tests,
plagiarising (as defined by instructor), or in any other case of cheating detected.
Plagiarism can take several forms, including but not limited to:

1. Using the exact words of another student.
2. Copying and pasting materials from the Internet or other electronic resources without
proper citation, quotation or referencing.
3. Accepting excessive assistance from another person in writing.
4. Writing a computer program that is the same or closely similar to public sources or
solutions of other students.

The similarity is a machine-determined score that should not exceed the given percentage.
The percentage is determined by the regulation document for the exact work (e.g. course
project, BS/MS thesis, or coding assignment). Similarity can include quotations, in-text
citations, names, titles, terms, and code. Similarity can be measured:

1. among students’ works,
2. as well as with other datasets.

Similarity checks shall only be applied to long text works in natural or programming language
to prove the fact of copying. For example, similarity reports are a necessary part of thesis
validation procedure and coding assignments, but such reports cannot be applied to exam works and tests, where similarity does not necessarily mean copying. As there is no universal
scale for similarity, for each particular assignment and course professor should clearly specify
expectations for similarity in the policy document or in assignment notification. If a group
of students receives the same assignment, not passing a similarity check shall be treated as
plagiarism. If a student is doing a personal task (thesis, project, ...), high similarity cases shall
be managed by the supervisor. In our university, we use jPlag for code similarity detection,
Turnitin for essay check and Antiplagiat for thesis check. If you want to get tutorials on these
systems, please contact the Department of Education (education@innopolis.ru).

=== Statement ===

All academic misconduct cases shall be reported to the IU Department of Education (DoE)
and Student Affairs Office (SAO) using the official email address (education@innopolis.ru,
319@innopolis.ru). Specify the following:

1. Student(s) name(s) involved and their roles;
2. Date and time the case was detected;
3. Course affected by the situation;
4. Short description of the situation. Please refer to this policy or other policy documents
which you use to identify the misconduct.

The Student Affairs Office should create a track record of student’s activities including
misconduct cases starting from the Bootcamp participation until the final thesis defense.
We assume that there is a publicly available cheating policy document for the whole
course, particular assignment, or exam, i.e. it is clear if it is allowed or not to use electronic
devices, notes, cheat sheets, books, etc. during the tests. Any violation of the said policy, as
well as plagiarism cases, shall be considered equally.
The committee decision shall be taken with a consensus of all participants.
The process participants shall be able to know the committee members.
The committee shall be of 3 people: a course professor, a teacher not involved in the
course affected, and an official student representative.
Cases involving the first-year students should be considered with the most thoroughness.

=== Procedure ===

Should an instructor (teaching assistant or professor) have reason to believe that one or more
works are copied from unauthorized resources, and action on a test is taken in violation, or work of one student is copied from another (as defined in plagiarism clarification), the
the procedure below shall be followed.

1. The instructor shall report the case to DoE and SAO (education@innopolis.ru and
319@innopolis.ru).
2. The instructor shall inform the suspected students about the above finding separately,
and discuss this incident. They shall be penalized as per the recommendations below and a
report will be submitted to DoE outlining these decisions. In case of copying from each
other—both students shall be penalized. The actions of the instructor are considered
final.
3. In the event of an appeal to the DoE, the student must present a clear written rationale
for why the decision was in error. If the DoE agrees that the student appeal has merit then
an appeal committee is formed of one student representative, the course PI, and an
unrelated professor selected by the DoE. Otherwise, the decision of the course PI is
considered final and the report is entered.

* The student shall contact the committee and provide the said committee with
the following materials: a cheating policy for this course/test/exam, students’
papers/code, any other findings, including the student’s arguments.
* The committee shall study the above materials.
* The committee can contact the students to listen to their arguments or ask questions.
However, this shall be upon the committee’s discretion.
* The committee shall make an appeal decision to either accept or reject. This
decision shall be final.
* Any fabrications of data or false statements made to the DoE or the Committee
during the appeals process will be seen as a separate instance of misconduct and
the DoE or the Committee may impose additional outcomes if necessary when
the actions have impeded investigation.

==== Procedure from instructor’s point of view ====

1. Instructor reports the violation case to DoE and SAO.
2. Instructor notifies students involved (can be BCC in report email).
3. In case of student’s appeal, instructor may be invited to participate in committee.

==== Procedure from student’s point of view ====

1. The student gets a notification about academic misconduct.
2. The student may appeal. He/she collects the documents (3.a) and submits to DoE and
SAO.

==== Procedure from an administration point of view ====

1. DoE and SAO get the report about student misconduct.
2. SAO tracks the record and asks DoE to act in case violation is not the first (see penalty
section).

3. In case of student’s appeal, DoE with the help of programmanagers collects a committee.

=== Penalty ===

Note that the following are the minimal actions.

1. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the first time, such a student
shall receive zero points for the particular work(assignment/exam/test/homework)
2. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the second time, the
following actions shall be taken:
* Such a student shall:
– receive zero points for the course (or courses if 2 cheating instances are
detected in different courses);
– be sent to retake.
* An official warning shall be issued for the said student.
3. Should a student be found to have committed misconduct for the third time (without
respect to the course), such a student shall be expelled fromInnopolis University.

In the event that the actions were of a grievous nature, e.g. a student using a work for hire
an assignment, a bomb/shooting threat, etc., the DoE maintains the right to increase the
outcomes. A student might also be subject to additional actions on the part of the professor
or DoE in order to maintain class order, have recompense of the action, or in order to learn a
proper scholarly methodology, e.g. be required to make an apology to classmates affected, be
required to write an essay or attend a course on how to cite properly, etc.

BSTE:IntroductionToQuantumProgramming

2021-10-10T09:19:43Z

S.protasov: /* Introduction to Quantum Programming */

Main Page

2021-10-10T09:11:30Z

S.protasov:

IU Edu Wiki

* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/BSc:Syllabi_Table Overview of the BSc program]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/MSc:Syllabi_Table Overview of the MSc program]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/PhD:Syllabi_Table Overview of the PhD program]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/List_of_all_courses List of all courses]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Electives Electives]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/List_of_Electives List of Electives]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/All:Schedule Schedule of the classes]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Professors List of instructors]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/AcademicCalendar Academic Calendar]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/Newcomer's Tools and resources for teaching online]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/FAQStudents FAQ for students]
* [https://eduwiki.innopolis.university/index.php/OverallRegulations Overall Regulations]